Best Dog Crates Reviews and Buyer’s Guide

Best Dog Crates

If you are buying a dog crate it is important to know what exactly are you looking for. Is it going to be for traveling purposes or just for an in-house use, what kind of material are you looking for, soft-sided or a steel one and so on.

After figuring out what type of crate you are looking for it is time to figure out your budget. Our advice is to be prepared to spend a bit more money than you planned in the first place if that is going to help you avoid any more spending down the road.

Once the product that you are looking for and the budget are in line, it is time to check out the market and see what options are available. We tried to help out and created a list of the products that might be what you are looking for.

Highest Rated Crates for Dogs in 2018



Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

Petmate 2-Door Training Retreat - Best Wire Crate

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

Petmate 2-Door Training Retreat Wire Kennel would be a good option for a dog that is already comfortable with being in a dog crate. It has an open design which would help your pet feel less claustrophobic and maybe more comfortable.

This crate comes in six sizes so pretty much all of the dog's breeds out there can comfortably use this crate without any problems, however, take the size descriptions with a bit of caution because they can be misleading.  

The dual door functionality is great for getting in and out as one door is a bit larger than the other and is also great if the place where you plan to keep the crate is limited. In case you have to store the crate away, it offers an easy fold functionality and folds completely flat so you don't have to worry too much about the space that is going to occupy.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Petmate-2-Door-Training-Retreat-Wire-Kennel

OUR RATING: 4.5/5

Performance
​Ease of Use

Price

As for the cleaning, there is a removable tray that makes it easy to clean the crate if there is a mess around. There is a dog crate cover available as a separate item that may help with this. A few downfalls of this crate are wires that are a bit thin and could be broken easily by a dog that wanted to get out badly enough and the gap in the bottom where the tray sits that allows the mess to fall out.

Petmate 2-Door Training Retreat Wire Kennel is a good, basic dog crate that is affordable and a good choice for the dogs that will not try to break the wires to get out as they are pretty thin.

PROS:

• No Assembly Required

• 5 Point Locking System

• Dual Door Entry

Folds Flat for Storage

Removable Tray for Cleaning

CONS:

• Thin Gage Steel Wires

• ​Gap in Bottom Where Tray Sits

Open Cage Can Spread Mess if There is an Accident

Size Description is a Bit Off

It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

MidWest Life Stages Folding Metal Dog Crate - Best for Puppies

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

The MidWest Life Stages Dog Crate is a pretty well-constructed item that you can buy at this price range. It is made out of heavy gauge steel and offers a good safety for the dogs that have a tendency to chew the crate in order to get out.

If you plan to use this crate occasionally, there is an option to fold it very easily in just a few moves. 

It folds completely flat which is great for storing as it needs just a little space. And another nice feature about this crate is that it comes pre-built so there is no assembly required on your side.

To secure the door of the crate, manufacturers equipped it with the two sliding latches that offer a good protection against forced door opening from pets. And to protect your floor from scratching, rubber feet are attached to the bottom of the crate.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
MidWest-Life-Stages-Folding-Metal-Dog-Crate

OUR RATING: ​4.7/5

Performance
​Ease of Use

Price

One issue that we found with this crate, in particular, is a spacing between the mesh. We think that it is too big and that dogs can put their head through it if they try a bit harder and that can cause serious injuries.

Life Stages Dog Crate comes in six sizes, the 22-inch as the smallest one, and 48-inch for the biggest one and all of the sizes come with the free divider. This is a great thing as it allows you to go with the big size crate for your puppy immediately.

If you decide to buy this crate for crate training we think that you are making a good purchase but keep in mind the spacing between the mash for the safety of your pet. 

PROS:

• 48-inch version for extra large dogs

• Single and double door versions

• Fully foldable

Rubber standing feet

CONS:

• Wide Spaced Mesh


It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

SportPet Designs Airline Approved Kennel - Great Plastic Dog Crate

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

We really like this crate for the most part. The fact that it is airline approved is an added bonus. It comes with live animal stickers and ties down holes in the dog crate. It also comes with a water dish for travel, or you can use it when you’re out for the day and your pup is in the crate.

This dog kennel also comes with detachable wheels. It is available in 5 sizes to match the size of your dog. The enclosed design prevents the mess from spilling out of the cage and onto the floor.

The door latches well and the construction quality is pretty good. It is a little higher cost than a wire dog kennel, but with the added safety of an enclosed design, we think it is worth it. The downside is that the sizing only goes up to 90 pounds, which for most people is ok.

However, if you’re going to put a larger dog in the crate, you will need a different option. 

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
SportPet-Design-Rolling-Plastic-Dog-Crate

OUR RATING: 4.6/5

Performance
​Ease of Use

Price

The carry handle seems a bit weak and may not stand up to a heavier weight. The smallest dog crate in this line does not come with wheels, but that is only for dogs up to 15 pounds. One thing to consider when it comes to this crate is that it is not foldable so you might have some problems if you decide to store it for later use.

This seems like a safe option for crate training as you would have less concern about your puppy getting caught between the wires as opposed to other designs. It also does not have a removable tray, but you could always put down a puppy pad to collect messes or accidents that may occur while you’re away. We would also suggest a kennel mat for a little more comfort.

PROS:

• Airline Approved

• Detachable Wheels on Bottom of Crate

• Enclosed Design

Easy to Assemble

CONS:

• Does Not Fold For Storage

• ​Weight Limit on Large Crate 90 Lbs

Carry Handle is Lightweight and Not Durable

No Removable Tray


It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

Zinger Winger DX5000 - Best Aluminum Dog Crate

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

The first thing that we noticed about this crate is the quality of the build. It is made out of durable lightweight aluminum that offers a great deal of protection for the dogs that have the tendency to destroy their crates.

To prevent dogs from opening, doors on this Zinger Winger crates are mounted with slam latch maid out of stainless steel and for the extra safety each lock comes with the key so you don't have to worry about someone coming and stealing your pet if you decide to leave him outside of the house while you are not there.

These crates are a great solution if you have more than one dog and want to create a housing system for them because they can stack on top of each other or be connected side by side easily. Things that we find to be the downsides of this product are a big price tag, but this is understandable if you take the quality of the materials used for this crate and the fact that there is no removable tray.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Zinger-Winger-DX5000-Deluxe-5000-Aluminum-Dog-Crate

OUR RATING: 4.4/5

Performance
​Ease of Use

Price

This makes cleaning and maintenance harder so keep this in mind before the purchase. Since this is a heavy-duty crate made out of strong aluminum, it comes in parts so you need to assemble it upon arrival. It usually takes around half an hour to do this, but it is nothing complicated.

We think that these crates are a great solution if you have a large dog that is used to destroying lighter crates or if you want to connect multiple crates and create a larger housing system for your dogs. Price is a no go for most people when it comes to this product but we think that it is justified.

PROS:

• Lightweight

• Durable Aluminum Construction

• Enclosed Design

Lockable Slam Latch

Fully Vented

CONS:

• Cost

• ​No Removable Tray

It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

Noz2Noz Soft Crate n2 Series - Best Soft-Sided Dog Crate

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

Noz2Noz Soft-Krater is a mid-range crate designed for both indoor and outdoor use. It is made with tight-weave mesh fabric which is heavy-duty and portable, making it a great choice for traveling with pets. The extra strong steel frame and double-padded round corners give this crate a much-needed sturdiness and protection when it is moved around and it sets up literally in seconds as it is pre-built, all you have to do is to unfold it and it is ready to go.

Noz2Noz comes in five sizes, 21-inch, 26-inch, 30-inch, 36-inch, 42-inch and can support the pets up to 70 pounds or 32 kilograms. It has a side and front entry doors so the positioning and access are not that big of a problem.

Another feature that we think is great is a water-resistant base so there is no problem for your pet to stay in it even on the wet surfaces and you don't have to think about liquid spills and damage.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Noz2Noz Soft-Krater Indoor and Outdoor Crate for Pets - Best Soft-Sided Dog Crate

OUR RATING: 4.4/5

Performance
​Ease of Use

Price

Cleaning of this crate is quite easy because of the zip-locked top opening. This gives you the access to the whole inside of the crate without even moving it which is great for people that decide to put this crate in a more permanent and fixed position.

Overall, Noz2Noz is a great piece for a soft-sided crate. We found it really good for both in-house usage and for traveling purposes. Rounded corners offer great protection for car usage, and the ability to fold it and unfold it in seconds also comes in handy, and the handle on the side offers a bit more maneuverability when it is folded. Highly recommended.

PROS:

• Water-resistant base

• For indoor and outdoor use

• Fully foldable

Fully Vented

CONS:

• Carrying strap not strong enough for larger pets


It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

2PET Foldable Dog Crate - Best for Travel

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

One the first look, this dog crate is a great piece of equipment for you and your pet. It is branded as an "All-in-one foldable crate", and we hardly find any disagreements with that statement because it's fully functional whether you decide to just use it in the house, use it for training or travel.

The frame of this crate is made of strong yet lightweight steel tubes that fill really solid. For the cover is used Oxford 600D that is fully removable so you can simply remove it and throw it in the washing machine. This is a big plus for us because the maintenance is really easy and your pet can have a clean crate all the time.

There are mash panel windows on all five sides so the air flow through is not a problem at all. Zippers are extra protected so the pet cannot chew through them and get out.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
2PET Foldable Dog Crate - Best for Travel

OUR RATING: ​4.7/5

Performance
​Ease of Use

Price

2PET Foldable dog crate is available in five sizes, 20-inch to 36-inch, Small to XXLarge, respectively, and this something that threw us off a little bit because most of the rival companies have larger variations like 42-inch or even 46-inch in the mix.

Something worth mentioning is that 2PET company is donating a small amount of every purchase to various pet shelters and charities and that is a big plus for us as pet lovers.

"All-in-one" foldable dog crate as the manufacturers like to promote it is close to that but be cautious before buying it and measure your dog because there are some limitations with the sizes of this model of 2PET crates.

PROS:

• Easy maintenance

• Steel-tube frame

• Small amount of price after purchase goes to dog shelters

Extra protected zippers

CONS:

• 36-inch version is the largest

• ​No Removable Tray

It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

Crown Pet Products End Table -  Wood Dog Crate

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

Wood Pet Crate End Table is a stylishly designed dog crate that has a fine furniture quality and can fit straight into any household. This decorative pet crate is made out of Rubberwood which is very durable. The finish process of this piece is in the same way as with high-quality furniture, by staining and lacquering.

Melamine covered MDF floor of this crate is easy to clean and is waterproof so you don't have to worry about absorption of liquids and odors. This is something that every pet owner should care about if they plan to keep their pet inside the house.

This crate is designed to give your pet a 360 degrees open view from the inside so it doesn't feel isolated and to allow a natural circulation of air through it. The front door gives you the ability to open them to the outside of the crate or to the inside. 

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Crown Pet Products Wood Pet Crate End Table

OUR RATING: 4.5/5

Performance
​Ease of Use

Price

This is extremely handy in case you decide to keep it open for an extended period of time, you can just open it to the inside a not worry about tripping over it. And if for some reason you decide to lock it, there is a stainless steel latch.

Equipped with the non-marking furniture feet, Wooden Pet Crate End Table is safe for your house floors, but we strongly advise you to avoid sliding it across the floor if you decide to change its location.

We are aware of the fact that this crate is not going to be on everybody's shopping list because of its functionality, design, and price, but we are also pretty confided that people that decide to go with this option are not going to have any regrets whatsoever.

PROS:

• Stylish design

• Waterproof floor

• Stainless steel latches

Durable Rubberwood build

CONS:

• Not mobile

• ​Only two sizes

It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

ProSelect Empire Dog Cage - Heavy-Duty Dog Crate

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

ProSelect Empire Dog Cage is probably one of those ultimate dog cages that you want to purchase in case your dog suffers from separation anxiety and is destroying everything whenever he or she is alone. The price of this item is a bit daunting but we will try to explain why it is worth every penny.

This extremely strong dog cage is equipped with half-inch in diameter tubes and 20-gauge steel that can stand against the chewing of the toughest dogs. It comes in two sizes, medium and large. Both options are available with detachable wheels that offer a good maneuverability if don't have a permanent place for this rather big cage.

The downside of this crate is the locking protection. There are two rotating, sliding latches that do not lock in the position. This has already be proven breakable by smarter and more persistent dogs out there.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
ProSelect Empire Dog Cage - Heavy-Duty Dog Crate

OUR RATING: ​4.7/5

Performance
​Ease of Use

Price
To avoid this situation there are drilled holes on both latches that you can use with the bolts or other convenient items to secure it down completely.

Maintenance of this pet cage is rather easy. Underneath the bars on the bottom is a sliding metal tray that separates the cage from the ground. It covers the whole width and length of the cage and it picks up almost anything that falls through the bars.

To sum it up, this cage is like Alcatraz for the most persistent pets out there. It comes with the big price but the safety of this cage is almost unmatched on the market. Just keep in mind that the latches need to be pinned with locks to offer that extra bit of safety.

PROS:

• Extremely strong and durable

• Easy maintenance

• Detachable wheels

CONS:

• Cost

• ​Locking system

Only two sizes

It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

Pet Gear The Other Door Steel Crate - Best Collapsible 

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

"The Other Door Steel Crate" is the item that comes with a bit bigger price tag but in our opinion, it is worth that much. It is made of blow-mold with steel inserts making it a really heavy-duty crate and this is best shown by the fact that the top door can hold the pressure of up to a hundred pounds.

This crate is equipped with doors on all four sides and one on the top. 

Front door offers a great functionality because you can open it just like a garage door, meaning that while open, the front door can be hidden under the roof of the crate and be completely out of the way.

Another feature that we find really cool and handy is the handle supported by the wheels on the bottom of the crate that offers a mobility, from room to room or if you have to go out with the pet that is too heavy to be carried around. 

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Pet Gear The Other Door Steel

OUR RATING: 4.8/5

Performance
​Ease of Use

Price

Design-wise this crate does not offer anything spectacular because we think that the manufacturer had the functionality in mind and they achieved that in a great way. Rounded corners offer good protection for the objects near you while you moving around with this crate and that is especially important if you have to drive a car with this item in it.

Overall, this is a high-end heavy-duty crate that offers a lot of functionality for the pet and the owner. It is an expensive item but we think that it is justified, plus, the storage bag is shipped with the crate for easy handling.

PROS:

• Heavy-duty

• “Garage” type front door

• Very mobile

Lockable Slam Latch

Fully Vented

CONS:

• Design

It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

MidWest iCrate Folding Metal Dog Crates - For Extra Large Dogs

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

The iCrate version of the MidWest Folding Metal Dog Crates is a great option for the crate training of your pet as it includes all of the features that you really need.

It comes in seven sizes offering a truly great 18-inch size for the smallest breeds of dogs out there, and a 48-inch crate as the biggest option for the extra large dogs.

All sizes of iCrate series are available in one-door and two-door version so you can choose which one is more appropriate for your pet and which one fits your floor plan.

iCrate dog crates are designed by "fold and carry" principles so you don't need any tools to set it up to full functionality or to fold it down to a suitcase-like shape with the ABS plastic handle on the side for carrying around.  Maintenance is easy as the crate is equipped with a removable composite pan that has a bit of texture on the surface to prevent your pet from sliding around.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
MidWest iCrate Single Door & Double Door Folding Dog Crates

OUR RATING: 4.2/5

Performance
​Ease of Use

Price

One thing that we don't like about iCrate is the quality of the build. The gauge of the wires is not thick enough and dogs can actually bend it easily. But to give it a bit of extra security, this crate has two heavy-duty latches per door to keep your pet inside.

Overall, the MidWest iCrate is a good purchase if you are on the budget or if you want a crate that can be folded and unfolded in seconds even for the largest dogs, and if they have a tendency to try and break out of their crates keep in mind that the material is not that strong and can be bent by strong dogs.

PROS:

• 18-inch to 48-inch variations

• Single and double door versions with divider

• Fully foldable

"Fold and carry" design

CONS:

• The building material not strong enough

It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Things to Consider Before Buying a Dog Crate

There are not many accessories that you need to buy for your dog but dog crate should definitely be on every dog owner's shopping list. Since it is on the more expensive side of the spectrum for pet owners there are a few things to take into consideration because there is no need to spend an unnecessary amount of money on a crate that might not fit your dog's needs.

The first thing that you need to take into consideration is the potential size if your dog is still a puppy or the actual size if its a grown dog. For dogs that are still not fully grown, it is best to research what is the usual size for the specific breed. If your dog is at the peak size, measure the height from ground to the top of the head or to the top of the ears if they are naturally erected, and from nose to the tip of the tail for length, and add two to four inches. For younger dogs, it is not a bad approach to go with the crate that comes with a divider so you can customize the area as your pet grows. Always keep in mind that the dog should be able to comfortably stand, turn and lay down in the crate.

72-inch-Dog-Crate

The second thing that you should consider is what are you going to use the crate for. If you are going to use strictly in the house than something a bit more stylish is a way to go. If it is going the be used occasionally than something compact and durable is a much better option. The third option is a crate for transportation. These type of crates are very versatile because they can actually cover all of the mentioned categories. They are almost always foldable and some of them are designed really well so they can be used inside the house all the time without breaking the decoration. And another thing to mention if your planning on traveling via plane, it is always good to check if the crate that you want to buy is airline approved.

The third thing to be taken into consideration is how long is your pet going to stay inside. If you plan to leave your dog unattended for the extended periods of time, it is probably best to purchase a steel or at least plastic crate. Crates made from soft materials are pretty easy for dogs to break out from and you should use them only if you plan to keep a dog inside for short periods of time or to always leave it open and let the dog use it as his safe place where he goes to whenever he wants.

This is not a full list by any means, but those three factors will definitely steer you in the right direction. So, take these things into consideration if you plan to go to a crate shopping and be sure that it meets all of your pets needs.  

Conclusion


When it comes to dog kennels or dog crates, do your research, look at the measurements and read the reviews. We always try to be objective in our reviews and point out good and the bad with everything. If you have a favorite kennel or crate and would like us to review it, let us know, just comment!   

Click Here to Leave a Comment Below 0 comments

Pin It on Pinterest

Share This